8.2.3 TDD FDD CA (Fixed Reference Channel)

36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

Tools: ARFCN - Frequency Conversion for 5G NR/LTE/UMTS/GSM

The parameters specified in Table 8.2.3-1 are valid for all the TDD FDD CA tests unless otherwise stated.

Table 8.2.3-1: Common Test Parameters

Parameter	Unit	Value
Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1) for TDD CC only			1
Special subframe configuration (Note 2) for TDD CC only			4
Inter-TTI Distance			1
Maximum number of HARQ processes per component carrier	FDD PCell	Processes	8 for FDD and TDD CCs
	TDD PCell	Processes	11 for FDD CC; 7 for TDD CC
Maximum number of HARQ transmission			4
Redundancy version coding sequence			{0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per component carrier		OFDM symbols	4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and 5 MHz bandwidths, 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths
Cyclic Prefix			Normal
Cell_ID			0
Cross carrier scheduling			Not configured
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 3
Downlink HARQ-ACK timing	FDD PCell		As specified in Clause 7.3.3 in TS36.213 [10]
	TDD PCell		As specified in Clause 7.3.4 in TS36.213 [10]
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [8]. Note 2: as specified in Table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [8].

The applicability of the requirements are specified in Clause 8.1.2.3. The single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations specified in Clause 8.2.3 cannot be applied for UE single carrier test.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.

8.2.3.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance

8.2.3.1.1.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for FDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.2.3.1.1.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on a single-antenna port with different channel models and MCS.

8.2.3.1.1.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports

8.2.3.1.1.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-4 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.2

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.6

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any FDD CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.1.1.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.1.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 2DLCA

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20	20+10	20+15
Inter-band (CA_A_2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test3
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.35 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.86 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1and 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.1.1.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carriers according to Tables 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.2.3.1.1.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.1.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5	-2
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3	-1.8
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	-1.7
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.3
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band

SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.2

-1.3

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.0

-1.5

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.4

-1.9

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

-2.3

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

-2.1

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

-2.1

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Test Requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test Requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any FDD CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.1.1.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for FDD PCell (3DL CA)

8.2.3.1.1.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.1.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.1.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-4 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.2

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.6

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
4	3×20	2×20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
5	20+20+15	20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
6	20+20+10	20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any FDD CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.1.2.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.1.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	3×20	20+20+15	20+10+10
Inter-band CA (three bands, one FDD CC) CA3_A3	Test1	Test2	Test3
Inter-band CA (three bands, two FDD CC) CA3_A3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Inter-band CA (two bands, one FDD CC) CA3_A2	Test1	Test2	Test3
Inter-band CA (two bands, two FDD CC) CA3_A2	Test4	Test5	Test6
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.59 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.86 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.1.1.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-3 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on each of the component carriers.

8.2.3.1.1.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.1.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1_A.3.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5	-2
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3	-1.8
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	-1.7
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.3
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band

SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.2

-1.3

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.0

-1.5

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.4

-1.9

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

-2.3

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

-2.1

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

-2.1

Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Test Requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test Requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
4	3×20	2×20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
5	20+20+15	20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
6	20+20+10	20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any FDD CC.

8.2.3.1.1.3 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for FDD PCell (4DL CA)

8.2.3.1.1.3.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.1.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.1.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.2

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.6

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement		UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement		UE Category
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.1.3.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.1.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD cell	20	2×20	20+15	2×15	2×20+15	2×15+20	2×20+10
	TDD cell	3×20	2×20	2×20	2×20	20	20	20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.1.1.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.1.1.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.1.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.2

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.0

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.4

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement		UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement		UE Category
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

8.2.3.1.1.4 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for FDD PCell (5DL CA)

8.2.3.1.1.4.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.1.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.1.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-4 for the specified SNR. For QPSK performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.2

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.6

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-3per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-3per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.1.4.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.1.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	15+2×20	2×15+20
TDD CELL	2×20	2×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA_A4)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (five bands) (CA_A5)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex .0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.4.4.3.

8.2.3.1.1.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.1.4.3-3 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.1.1.4.4 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.1.4.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.2

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.0

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.4

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subset according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.1.1.5 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for FDD PCell (6DL CA)

8.2.3.1.1.5.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.1.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 6DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.1.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-4 for the specified SNR. For QPSK performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.1.5.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.1.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	5×20	4×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA6_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA6_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex .0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.5.4.3.

8.2.3.1.1.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.5.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-3 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.1.1.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.1.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.0
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11

Decide pass or fail for each subset according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.1.1.6 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for FDD PCell (7DL CA)

8.2.3.1.1.6.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.1.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 7DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.1.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-4 for the specified SNR. For QPSK performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.1.6.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.1.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	6×20	5×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA7_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA7_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex .0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.6.4.3.

8.2.3.1.1.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.1.6.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.1.6.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.1.5.6-3 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.1.1.6.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.1.6.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.0
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.1.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.1.2.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for TDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.2.3.1.2.1.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.2.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-3 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.2

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.6

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any TDD CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.2.1.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.2.

Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.1.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 2DLCA

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20	20+10	20+15
Inter-band (CA_A_2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test3
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.35 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.86 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.1.4.3.

8.2.3.1.2.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-2 or 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.3.1.2.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.2.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5	-2
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3	-1.8
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	-1.7
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.3
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4

Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel		OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
							Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz		R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD		EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2	-1.3
3 MHz		R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD		EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.0	-1.5
5MHz		R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD		EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4	-1.9
10MHz		R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD		EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.3
15MHz		R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD		EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2.1
20MHz		R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD		EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2.1

Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.21.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any TDD CC.

8.2.3.1.2.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for TDD PCell (3DL CA)

8.2.3.1.2.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-3 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3	-2.8
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1	-2.6
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0	-2.5
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7	-3.2
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6	-3.1
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7	-3.2

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6	-2.1
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.3
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2	-2.7
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6	-3.1
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4	-2.9
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4	-2.9

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
4	3×20	2×20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
5	20+20+15	20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
6	20+20+10	20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any TDD CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.2.2.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.4.1-1

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	3×20	20+20+15	20+20+10
Inter-band CA (three bands, two TDD CC) CA3_A3	Test1	Test2	Test3
Inter-band CA (three bands, one TDD CC) CA3_A3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Inter-band CA (two bands, two TDD CC) CA3_A2	Test1	Test2	Test3
Inter-band CA (two bands, one TDD CC) CA3_A2	Test4	Test5	Test6
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.2.4.3.

8.2.3.1.2.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on each of the component carriers.

8.2.3.1.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.2.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.2

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.0

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.4

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test Requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test Requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
4	3×20	2×20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
5	20+20+15	20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
6	20+20+10	20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any TDD CC.

8.2.3.1.2.3 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for TDD PCell (4DL CA)

Editor’s Note: This test case is incomplete. The following items are missing or are incomplete:

The test case needs to be added to Annex G

8.2.3.1.2.3.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.2.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.2

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.6

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3per CC	≥8
8	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.2.3.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.4.1-1

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD cell	20	2×20	20+15	2×15	2×20+15	2×15+20	2×20+10
	TDD cell	3×20	2×20	2×20	2×20	20	20	20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.3.4.3.

8.2.3.1.2.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.1.2.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.2.3.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.2

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.0

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.4

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.5-2per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

8.2.3.1.2.4 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for TDD PCell (5DL CA)

8.2.3.1.2.4.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.2.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-3 for the specified SNR. For QPSK performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.2

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.6

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-3per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-2and Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-3per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.2.4.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.4.1-1

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD Cell		15+2×20	2×15+20
	TDD Cell		2×20	2×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA5_A4)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (five bands) (CA5_A5)			Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.4.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.4.4.3.

8.2.3.1.2.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.1.2.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.2.4.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.4 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.2

3 MHz

R.42-1 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

0.0

5MHz

R.42-2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.4

10MHz

R.2 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.8

15MHz

R.42-3 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

20MHz

R.42 TDD

OP.1 TDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

8.2.3.1.2.5 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for TDD PCell (6DL CA)

8.2.3.1.2.5.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.2.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8 or 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 6DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-3 for the specified SNR. For QPSK performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.2.5.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.4.1-1

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	5×20	4×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA6_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA6_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.5.4.3.

8.2.3.1.2.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.5.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.2.5.3-3 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.1.2.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.2.5.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.0
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11

8.2.3.1.2.6 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for TDD PCell (7DL CA)

8.2.3.1.2.6.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.1.2.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 7DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.1.2.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-4 for the specified SNR. For QPSK performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.2
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.4

Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.1.

8.2.3.1.2.6.4 Test description

8.2.3.1.2.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	6×20	5×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA7_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA7_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex .0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.6.4.3.

8.2.3.1.2.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.1.2.6.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.1.2.6.3-2 and 8.2.3.1.1.5.6-3 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.1.2.6.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.3.1.2.6.5 Test requirement

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 and A.3.4.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3 MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.2
3 MHz	R.42-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.0
5MHz	R.42-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.4
10MHz	R.2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
15MHz	R.42-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6
20MHz	R.42 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.6

Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.3.2.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) for FDD PCell

8.2.3.2.1.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for FDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.2.3.2.1.1.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.2.1.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of category ≥5 that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.1.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: . Note 2: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.6
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.1.

8.2.3.2.1.1.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.1.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 2DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20	20+10	20+15
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test3
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.36 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3

3. The SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 or 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.3.2.1.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5	13
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5	12
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4

Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.5-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.1.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for FDD PCell (3DL CA)

8.2.3.2.1.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.2.1.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of category ≥5 that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with FDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.1.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.1.

8.2.3.2.1.2.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.1.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group A.36 as appropriate 🡪 Figure A.60 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.2.1.2.4.3

Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 3DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20+20	20+20+15	20+20+10
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test 3
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

8.2.3.2.1.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.2.4.3

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 or 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.2.3.2.1.2.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.2.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5	13.0
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3

Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5	12.0
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4

Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test Requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test Requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.1A TDD FDD CA PDSCH Soft buffer management test for FDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.2.3.2.1A.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports with different channel models and MCS using large delay CDD.

8.2.3.2.1A.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of Category 3 or 4 that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.1A.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.1A.3-1: and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1A.3-2 for the specified SNR. For performance the bandwidths specified in article 5.4.2A are verified.

Table 8.2.3.2.1A.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Parameter		Unit	FDD Carrier	TDD Carrier
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3	3
Note 1: . Note 2: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.2.1A.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA

Test num.	Band-width		Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value		UE cate- gory
							Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	PCell	20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	3
	SCell	20MHz	R.30 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	13.2
2	PCell	20MHz	R.35-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.3	4
	SCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	16.3
3	PCell	10MHz	R.35-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	3
	SCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	13.2
4	PCell	10MHz	R.35-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	4
	SCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	16.3
5	PCell	15MHz	R.35-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	3
	SCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	13.2
6	PCell	15MHz	R.35-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	4
	SCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)			70	16.3
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in Table 8.1.2.3B-1

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.1A

8.2.3.2.1A.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.1A.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1A.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1A.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.1A.4.1-1: Test point selection soft buffer management tests for TDD/FDD CA for FDD Pcell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	20+20	10+20	15+20
Inter-band CA2_A2	Test1 or 2	Test3 or 4	Test5 or 6
Only one test point is tested. Note 1: Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities. Note 2: One of the two tests per table position is selected, depending on UE category.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.36 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.2.1A.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1A.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1A.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1A.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.2.1A.3-1 and 8.2.3.2.1A.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.3.2.1A.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.2.3.2.1A.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions

Table 8.2.3.2.1A.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.2.1A.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.3.2.1A.5 Test Requirements

Table 8.2.3.2.1A.5-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.2.1A.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.1A.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC) for CA

Test num.	Band-width		Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value			UE cate gory
Test num.	Band-width		Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band	UE cate gory
1	PCell	20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	3
1	SCell	20MHz	R.30 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	3
2	PCell	20MHz	R.35-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.3	14.8	4
2	SCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.3	14.8	4
3	PCell	10MHz	R.35-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	14.5	3
3	SCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	3
4	PCell	10MHz	R.35-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	14.5	4
4	SCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.3	14.8	4
5	PCell	15MHz	R.35-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	14.5	3
5	SCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	3
6	PCell	15MHz	R.35-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	14.5	4
6	SCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.3	14.8	4
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in 8.1.2.3B.

8.2.3.2.1.3 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for FDD PCell (4DL CA)

8.2.3.2.1.3.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.2.1.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.1.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
8	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.1.

8.2.3.2.1.3.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.1.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 4DL CA FDD PCell

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD cell	20	2×20	20+15	2×15	2×20+15	2×15+20	2×20+10
	TDD cell	3×20	2×20	2×20	2×20	20	20	20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.60 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.3.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.3.4.3

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

8.2.3.2.1.3.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.3.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2 define the primary level settings. For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.1.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement		UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement		UE Category
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-1and Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.1.4 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for FDD PCell (5DL CA)

8.2.3.2.1.4.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.2.1.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.1.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.1.

8.2.3.2.1.4.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.1.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 5DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	15+2×20	2×15+20
TDD CELL	2×20	2×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA_A4)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (five bands) (CA_A5)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.4.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.4.4.3

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

8.2.3.2.1.4.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.4.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.1.5 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for FDD PCell (6DL CA)

8.2.3.2.1.5.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.2.1.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 6DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.1.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.1.

8.2.3.2.1.5.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.1.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 6DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	5×20	4×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA6_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA6_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.5.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.5.4.3

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

8.2.3.2.1.5.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.5.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.1.6 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for FDD PCell (7DL CA)

8.2.3.2.1.6.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.2.1.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 7DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.1.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.1.

8.2.3.2.1.6.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.1.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 7DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	6×20	5×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA7_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA7_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for PCell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.6.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.1.6.4.3

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

8.2.3.2.1.6.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.1.6.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) for TDD PCell

8.2.3.2.2.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for TDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.2.3.2.2.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports with different channel models and MCS using large delay CDD.

8.2.3.2.2.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories of ≥5 that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1: and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 for the specified SNR. For performance the bandwidths specified in article 5.4.2A are verified.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: . Note 2: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.6
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.2

8.2.3.2.2.1.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 2DL CA TDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20	20+10	20+15
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test3
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.2.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.2.2.1.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.3.2.2.1.5 Test Requirements

Tables 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5	13
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5	12
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.2.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for TDD PCell (3DL CA)

8.2.3.2.2.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports with different channel models and MCS using large delay CDD.

8.2.3.2.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories ≥5 that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with TDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1: and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD Pcell and 3 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.2

8.2.3.2.2.2.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 36 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.60 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.2.2.2.4.3

Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 3DL CA TDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20+20	20+20+15	20+20+10
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test 3
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

8.2.3.2.2.2.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.2.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.2.2.2.1.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD or FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.3.2.2.2.5 Test Requirements

Tables 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests

Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5	13
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3

Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5	12
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4

Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.2.3 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for TDD PCell (4DL CA)

8.2.3.2.2.3.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports with different channel models and MCS using large delay CDD.

8.2.3.2.2.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1: and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD Pcell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-1, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
8	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.2

8.2.3.2.2.3.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 36 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.60 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.2.2.3.4.3

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 CA

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD cell	20	2×20	20+15	2×15	2×20+15	2×15+20	2×20+10	2×15+20
	TDD cell	3×20	2×20	2×20	2×20	20	20	20	20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7	Test 8
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7	Test 8
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7	Test 8
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

8.2.3.2.2.3.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.2.2.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD or FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.3.2.2.3.5 Test Requirements

Tables 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
8	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.2.4 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for TDD PCell (5DL CA)

8.2.3.2.2.4.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports with different channel models and MCS using large delay CDD.

8.2.3.2.2.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1: and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD Pcell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.3-1, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.2

8.2.3.2.2.4.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 36 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.60 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.2.2.4.4.3

Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 CA

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD Cell		15+2×20	2×15+20
	TDD Cell		2×20	2×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA5_A4)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (five bands) (CA5_A5)			Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

8.2.3.2.2.4.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.2.2.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional TDD or FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.3.2.2.4.5 Test Requirements

Tables 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests

Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.2.5 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for TDD PCell (6DL CA)

8.2.3.2.2.5.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.2.2.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 6DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1: and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.3-1, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-3.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.2.

8.2.3.2.2.5.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 36 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.60 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 6DL CA TDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	5×20	4×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA6_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA6_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

8.2.3.2.2.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.2.5.4.3

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.2.2.1.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.3.2.2.5.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.2.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.2.5.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.2.6 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for TDD PCell (7DL CA)

8.2.3.2.2.6.1 Test purpose

8.2.3.2.2.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 7DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.2.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.2.

8.2.3.2.2.6.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.2.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 TDD FDD 7DL CA TDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	6×20	5×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA7_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA7_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for PCell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.2.6.4.3.

8.2.3.2.2.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.2.6.4.3

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

8.2.3.2.2.6.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.2.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.2.2.6.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-1 and 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-1 or 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3 MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.11-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1
3 MHz	R.11-6 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
5MHz	R.11-7 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
10MHz	R.11-8 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
15MHz	R.11-9 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
20MHz	R.30-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9

Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.2.2A TDD FDD CA PDSCH Soft buffer management test for TDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.2.3.2.2A.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports with different channel models and MCS using large delay CDD.

8.2.3.2.2A.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of Category 3 or 4 that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.2.2A.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.2.2A.3-1: and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2A.3-2 for the specified SNR. For performance the bandwidths specified in article 5.4.2A are verified.

Table 8.2.3.2.2A.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Parameter		Unit	FDD Carrier	TDD Carrier
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3	3
Note 1: . Note 2: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.2.2A.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA

Test num.	Band-width		Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value		UE cate- gory
							Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	PCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1))	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	3
	SCell	20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1			70	13.2
2	PCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.2	4
	SCell	20MHz	R.35-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	16.2
3	PCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	3
	SCell	10MHz	R.35-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	16.0
4	PCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.2	4
	SCell	10MHz	R.35-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	15.8
5	PCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	3
	SCell	15MHz	R.35-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	15.8
6	PCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.2	4
	SCell	15MHz	R.35-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	15.8
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in Table 8.1.2.3B-1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.2.2A.

8.2.3.2.2A.4 Test description

8.2.3.2.2A.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.2A.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.2.2A.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.2A.4.1-1: Test point selection soft buffer management tests for TDD/FDD CA for TDD Pcell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	20+20	20+10	20+15
Inter-band CA2_A2	Test1 or 2	Test3 or 4	Test5 or 6
Only one test point is tested. Note 1: Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities. Note 2: One of the two tests per table position is selected, depending on UE category.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.2.3.2.2A.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.2A.4.3.

8.2.3.2.2A.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.2.2A.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 8.2.3.2.2A.3-1 and 8.2.3.2.2A.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.2.3.2.2A.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.3.2.2A.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions

Table 8.2.3.2.2A.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional TDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.2.2A.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.3.2.2A.5 Test Requirements

Table 8.2.3.2.2A.5-1 defines the primary level settings including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A3.3.2 and A3.4.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.3.2.2A.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.2.2A.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC) for CA

Test num.	Band-width		Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value			UE cate- gory
Test num.	Band-width		Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band	UE cate- gory
1	PCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1))	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	3
1	SCell	20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	3
2	PCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.2	13.7	4
2	SCell	20MHz	R.35-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.2	13.7	4
3	PCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	3
3	SCell	10MHz	R.35-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.0	14.5	3
4	PCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.2	14.7	4
4	SCell	10MHz	R.35-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	15.8	14.3	4
5	PCell	20MHz	R.30-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	3
5	SCell	15MHz	R.35-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	15.8	14.3	3
6	PCell	20MHz	R.35-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	16.2	14.7	4
6	SCell	15MHz	R.35-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	15.8	14.3	4
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in Table 8.1.2.3B-1.

8.2.3.3 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.3.3.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) for FDD PCell

8.2.3.3.1.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for FDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.2.3.3.1.1.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.1.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.1.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	Wideband precoding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)	FDD CC	ms	8
PMI delay (Note 2)	TDD CC	ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval	FDD CC	ms	1
Reporting interval	TDD CC	ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 3)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.3

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.8
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.0
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.5
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.6
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.1.

8.2.3.3.1.1.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 2DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20	20+10	20+15
Inter-band (CA_A2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test 3
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.46 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3.

8.2.3.3.1.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig–r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-5, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-6.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 or 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-2 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10	CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
}
}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11000000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10	0
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index	5
betaOffset-RI-Index	6
betaOffset-CQI-Index	5
}

8.2.3.3.1.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10.0
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.1.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for FDD PCell (3DL CA)

8.2.3.3.1.2.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.1.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with FDD as PCell.

8.2.3.3.1.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.1.

8.2.3.3.1.2.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.1.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 46 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.3.1.2.4.3

Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 3DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20+20	20+20+15	20+20+10
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test 3
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

8.2.3.3.1.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10–DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-5, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-6.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.1.2.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.4.3-1

– use Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.4.3-2

Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11100000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.4.3-2: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index	5
betaOffset-RI-Index	6
betaOffset-CQI-Index	5
}

8.2.3.3.1.2.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-2 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2

Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6

Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test Requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test Requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.2.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.1.3 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for FDD PCell (4DL CA)

8.2.3.3.1.3.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.1.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with FDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.1.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.1.

8.2.3.3.1.3.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.1.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 46 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.3.1.3.4.3

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 4DL CA FDD PCell

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD cell	20	2×20	20+15	2×15	2×20+15	2×15+20	2×20+10
	TDD cell	3×20	2×20	2×20	2×20	20	20	20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA

8.2.3.3.1.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10–DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.4.3-1, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-6.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1, 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.1.3.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11110000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.1.3.5 Test requirement

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10.0
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	4×20	20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
2	4×20	2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15	20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20	2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15	2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20	2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10	2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.1.4 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for FDD PCell (5DL CA)

8.2.3.3.1.4.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.1.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.1.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.1.

8.2.3.3.1.4.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.1.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 46 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.3.1.4.4.3

Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 CA TDD FDD 5DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	15+2×20	2×15+20
TDD CELL	2×20	2×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA_A4)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (five bands) (CA_A5)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

8.2.3.3.1.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10–DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.4.3-1, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-6.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1, 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.3.1.4.3-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.1.4.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.1.4.5 Test requirement

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10.0
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.1.5 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for FDD PCell (6DL CA)

8.2.3.3.1.5.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.1.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 6DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.1.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.1.

8.2.3.3.1.5.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.1.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 46 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.3.1.5.4.3

Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 6DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	5×20	4×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA6_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA6_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

8.2.3.3.1.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10–DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.4.3-1, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-6.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1, 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.3.1.5.3-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.1.5.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111100	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.1.5.5 Test requirement

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10.0
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.1.6 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for FDD PCell (7DL CA)

8.2.3.3.1.6.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.1.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 7DL CA with FDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.1.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.1.

8.2.3.3.1.6.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.1.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 46 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.3.1.6.4.3

Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 7DL CA FDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	6×20	5×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA7_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA7_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

8.2.3.3.1.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10–DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.4.4.3-1, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-6.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-1, 8.2.3.3.1.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.3.1.6.3-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.1.6.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111110	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.1.6.5 Test requirement

For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10.0
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for TDD PCell

8.2.3.3.2.1 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for TDD PCell (2DL CA)

8.2.3.3.2.1.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.2.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	Wideband pre-coding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)	FDD CC	ms	8
PMI delay (Note 2)	TDD CC	ms	10 or 11
Reporting interval	FDD CC	ms	1
Reporting interval	TDD CC	ms	1 or 4 (Note 3)
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 3)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			TM4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.3

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.8
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.0
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.5
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.6
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
		Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.2.

8.2.3.3.2.1.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 2DL CA TDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
	20+20	20+10	20+15
Inter-band (CA_A2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test 3
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group 46 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3.

8.2.3.3.2.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-5, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-6.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 and 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 or 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

7. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10	CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11000000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10	0
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index	5
betaOffset-RI-Index	6
betaOffset-CQI-Index	5
}

8.2.3.3.2.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	[9.8]
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	[8.9]
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	[8.9]
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	[9.5]
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	[9.5]
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	[9.7]

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	[10.4]
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	[9.2]
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	[9.4]
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	[9.9]
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	[10]
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	[10.1]

Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test requirement	UE Category
1	2×20	20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+10	10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+15	15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.2.2 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for TDD PCell (3DL CA)

8.2.3.3.2.2.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with TDD as PCell.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.2.

8.2.3.3.2.2.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 3DL CA TDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
CA Capability	3×20	20+20+15	20+20+10
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test1	Test2	Test3
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA3_A3)	Test1	Test2	Test3
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.61 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.3.2.2.4.3.

8.2.3.3.2.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Same Message contents as in clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11100000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.2.2.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 define the primary level settings.

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.5-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.2.5-1: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Test Requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Test Requirement	UE Category
1	3×20	20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
2	20+20+15	15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
3	20+20+10	10	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.5-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.2.3 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for TDD PCell (4DL CA)

8.2.3.3.2.3.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.2.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)				Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
	Total	FDD CC		TDD CC
1	4×20		20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
2	4×20		2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15		20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20		2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15		2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20		2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10		2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.2.

8.2.3.3.2.3.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 4DL CA TDD PCell

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD cell	20	2×20	20+15	2×15	2×20+15	2×15+20	2×20+10
	TDD cell	3×20	2×20	2×20	2×20	20	20	20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)		Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test 4	Test 5	Test 6	Test 7
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.3.2.3.4.3.

8.2.3.3.2.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.4.3-1, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-6.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1，8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.3.2.3.3-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.2.3.4.3 Message contents

Same Message contents as in clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11110000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.2.3.5 Test requirement

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)				Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
	Total	FDD CC		TDD CC
1	4×20		20	3×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
2	4×20		2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
3	3×20+15		20+15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
4	2×15+2×20		2×15	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
5	3×20+15		2×20+15	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
6	2×15+2×20		2×15+20	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
7	3×20+10		2×20+10	20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.3.5-2 per CC	≥8
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.2.4 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for TDD PCell (5DL CA)

8.2.3.3.2.4.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.2.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or 11 and above that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.2.

8.2.3.3.2.4.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.4.1-1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 5DL CA TDD PCell

CA Applicability		Bandwidth combination
	FDD Cell		15+2×20	2×15+20
	TDD Cell		2×20	2×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA5_A4)			Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (five bands) (CA5_A5)			Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.3.3.2.4.4.3.

8.2.3.3.2.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.4.3-1, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-6.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1，8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.3.2.4.3-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.2.4.4.3 Message contents

Same Message contents as in clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.2.4.5 Test requirement

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	15+4×20	15+2×20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×15+3×20	2×15+20	2×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.2.5 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for TDD PCell (6DL CA)

8.2.3.3.2.5.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.2.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 6DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.2.

8.2.3.3.2.5.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 46 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.3.2.5.4.3

Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 6DL CA TDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	5×20	4×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA6_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA6_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

8.2.3.3.2.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-2A , PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.1.1.4.3-2, CQI-ReportConfig-r10–DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.4.4.3-1, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-6.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1, 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.3.2.5.3-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.2.5.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111100	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.2.5.5 Test requirement

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10.0
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 6DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+5×20	1×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+4×20	2×20	4×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.5.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.3.3.2.6 TDD FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for TDD PCell (7DL CA)

8.2.3.3.2.6.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.3.3.2.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, or categories 11 and onwards that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 7DL CA with TDD as PCELL.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.3.3.2.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.3-1 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.3-1: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	CA Bandwidth combination (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-3 per CC	8, ≥11

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.3.3.2.

8.2.3.3.2.6.4 Test description

8.2.3.3.2.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.4.1-1

– Instead of Figure group 46 as appropriate 🡪 use Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC

– Instead of clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 8.2.3.3.2.6.4.3

Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 7DL CA TDD PCell

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
FDD CELL	1×20	2×20
TDD CELL	6×20	5×20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA7_A2)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA7_A3)	Test1	Test2
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1	Test2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

8.2.3.3.2.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-1, 8.2.3.3.2.1.3-2 and 8.2.3.3.2.6.3-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

8.2.3.3.2.6.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.3.3.2.1.4.3-5 🡪 use Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.4.3-1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111110	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.3.3.2.6.5 Test requirement

For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Tables 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-1 and 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-2.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-1 or 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3 MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value
Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4 MHz	R.43-1 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.9	10.4
3 MHz	R.43-2 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.7	9.2
5MHz	R.43-3 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	9.4
10MHz	R.43-4 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.4	9.9
15MHz	R.43-5 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.5	10.0
20MHz	R.43 TDD	OP.1 TDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.6	10.1

Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 7DL CCs (FRC)

Test number	Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz)			Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
Test number	Total	FDD CC	TDD CC	Minimum performance requirement	UE Category
1	1×20+6×20	1×20	6×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	2×20+5×20	2×20	5×20	As defined in Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.2.6.5-2 per CC	8, ≥11
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3B.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.